1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 1999, 2000, 01, 02, 2003
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
47 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
48 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
50 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
55 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
59 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
66 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
67 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
73 #include "dispextern.h"
75 #include "termhooks.h"
83 #include "intervals.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
92 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
104 extern int xlwmenu_window_p
P_ ((Widget w
, Window window
));
105 extern void xlwmenu_redisplay
P_ ((Widget
));
108 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
110 extern void free_frame_menubar
P_ ((struct frame
*));
111 extern struct frame
*x_menubar_window_to_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
116 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
118 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
119 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
121 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
123 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
124 #if defined USE_MOTIF
125 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
126 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
127 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
130 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
132 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
133 #define XAW_ARROW_SCROLLBARS
134 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
135 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
136 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
137 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
138 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
140 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
141 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
142 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
143 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
145 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
147 #if ! defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) && ! defined (USE_GTK)
148 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
149 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
154 #ifndef XtNinitialState
155 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
159 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
161 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
165 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
170 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
172 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
;
174 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
177 static int any_help_event_p
;
179 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
180 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
182 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
184 int x_use_underline_position_properties
;
186 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
189 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
191 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
192 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
193 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
194 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
196 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
198 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
199 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
200 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
201 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
203 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
205 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
207 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
210 /* The application context for Xt use. */
211 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
212 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
213 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
215 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
217 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
221 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
222 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
223 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
224 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
226 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
228 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
229 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
230 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
231 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
232 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
233 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
234 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
235 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
236 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
239 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
241 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
242 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
244 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
246 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
247 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
250 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
251 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
254 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
256 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
257 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
258 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
259 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
260 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
261 it's somewhat accurate. */
263 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
265 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
269 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
271 static int input_signal_count
;
274 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
276 static int x_noop_count
;
278 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
280 extern char **initial_argv
;
281 extern int initial_argc
;
283 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
285 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
287 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
289 extern Lisp_Object Qeql
;
293 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
295 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
297 /* The keysyms to use for the various modifiers. */
299 Lisp_Object Vx_alt_keysym
, Vx_hyper_keysym
, Vx_meta_keysym
, Vx_super_keysym
;
300 Lisp_Object Vx_keysym_table
;
301 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
303 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
304 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
306 extern XrmDatabase x_load_resources
P_ ((Display
*, char *, char *, char *));
307 extern int x_bitmap_mask
P_ ((FRAME_PTR
, int));
309 static int x_alloc_nearest_color_1
P_ ((Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*));
310 static void x_set_window_size_1
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
311 static const XColor
*x_color_cells
P_ ((Display
*, int *));
312 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
313 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
314 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
316 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
317 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
318 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
319 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
320 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
321 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
322 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
323 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
324 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
325 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
326 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
327 struct display
*x_create_frame_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
328 void x_delete_frame_display
P_ ((struct display
*));
329 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
330 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
331 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
332 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
333 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
334 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct display
*));
335 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((struct display
*));
336 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
337 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
338 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
339 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
340 static void x_focus_changed
P_ ((int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
341 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*));
342 static void x_detect_focus_change
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
343 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
344 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
345 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
346 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
347 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
348 enum text_cursor_kinds
));
350 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, GC
));
351 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
352 static void x_update_begin
P_ ((struct frame
*));
353 static void x_update_window_begin
P_ ((struct window
*));
354 static void x_after_update_window_line
P_ ((struct glyph_row
*));
355 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar
P_ ((Display
*, Window
));
356 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion
P_ ((struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
357 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
358 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
360 static void x_check_fullscreen
P_ ((struct frame
*));
361 static void x_check_expected_move
P_ ((struct frame
*));
362 static int handle_one_xevent
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
363 int *, struct input_event
*));
366 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
375 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
376 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
377 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
378 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
380 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
381 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
386 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
387 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
388 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
389 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
390 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
393 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
396 /***********************************************************************
398 ***********************************************************************/
402 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
403 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
411 struct record event_record
[100];
413 int event_record_index
;
415 record_event (locus
, type
)
419 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
420 event_record_index
= 0;
422 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
423 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
424 event_record_index
++;
431 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
433 struct x_display_info
*
434 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
437 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
439 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
440 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
448 /***********************************************************************
449 Starting and ending an update
450 ***********************************************************************/
452 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
453 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
454 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
455 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
456 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
465 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
466 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
470 x_update_window_begin (w
)
473 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
474 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
477 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
481 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
483 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
484 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
486 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
488 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
489 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
491 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
492 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
493 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
494 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
495 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
496 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
498 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
499 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
500 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
501 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
502 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
503 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
504 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
508 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
509 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
512 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
513 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
522 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
525 x_draw_vertical_window_border (w
, x
, y0
, y1
)
529 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
531 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
532 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
535 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
537 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
538 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
540 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
541 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
542 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
544 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
545 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
549 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
551 int cursor_on_p
, mouse_face_overwritten_p
;
553 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
555 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
560 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
562 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
564 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
566 draw_window_fringes (w
);
571 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
572 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
573 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
575 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
576 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
577 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
580 updated_window
= NULL
;
584 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
591 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
592 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
596 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
602 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
603 complete update has been performed. The global variable
604 updated_window is not available here. */
607 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
612 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
614 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
615 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
618 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
619 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
620 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
621 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
622 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
629 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
630 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
631 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
632 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
633 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
634 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
637 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
638 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
640 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
646 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
647 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
649 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
650 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
651 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
652 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
653 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
654 overhead is very small. */
655 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
656 && desired_row
->full_width_p
657 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
658 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
660 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
663 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
665 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
666 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
667 && w
== XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
))
671 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
672 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
673 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
674 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
675 y
, width
, height
, False
);
681 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, row
, p
)
683 struct glyph_row
*row
;
684 struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
;
686 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
687 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
688 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
689 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
690 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
693 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
694 rowY
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
697 /* Adjust position of "bottom aligned" bitmap on partially
700 int oldVH
= row
->visible_height
;
701 row
->visible_height
= p
->h
;
702 row
->y
-= rowY
- p
->y
;
703 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
705 row
->visible_height
= oldVH
;
708 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
710 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
712 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
713 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
714 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
715 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
717 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
719 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
721 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
722 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
725 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
731 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
732 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
736 bits
= (unsigned char *)(p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
738 bits
= (unsigned char *)p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
740 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
742 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
744 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
745 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
747 face
->background
, depth
);
751 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
752 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
755 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
756 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
757 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
758 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
761 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
762 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
763 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
767 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
768 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
769 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
773 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
778 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
779 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
780 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
784 XTset_terminal_modes (struct display
*display
)
788 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
789 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
792 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct display
*display
)
798 /***********************************************************************
800 ***********************************************************************/
802 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
804 static int x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*, int *));
807 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
808 is not contained in the font. */
811 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
, font_type
)
814 int font_type
; /* unused on X */
816 /* The result metric information. */
817 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
819 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
821 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
823 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
825 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
826 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
827 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
828 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
829 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
830 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
831 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
832 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
833 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
834 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
838 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
839 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
840 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
841 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
843 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
844 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
848 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
850 \ = integer modulus */
851 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
852 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
853 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
854 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
856 pcm
= (font
->per_char
857 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
858 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
859 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
865 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
866 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
867 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
868 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
869 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
870 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
874 || (pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0))
879 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
880 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
883 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
, two_byte_p
)
886 struct font_info
*font_info
;
889 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
890 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
892 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
893 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
895 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
897 /* It's a program. */
898 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
900 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
902 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
903 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
908 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
909 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
910 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
913 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
915 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
917 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
918 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
920 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
922 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
924 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
926 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
928 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
929 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
930 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
932 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
933 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
937 *two_byte_p
= ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
939 return FONT_TYPE_UNKNOWN
;
944 /***********************************************************************
946 ***********************************************************************/
950 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
951 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
952 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
954 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
955 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
956 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
957 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
958 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
959 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
960 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
961 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
962 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
963 unsigned long *, double, int));
964 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
965 double, int, unsigned long));
966 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
967 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
968 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
969 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
970 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
971 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
973 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
974 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
975 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
976 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
979 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
983 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
988 struct glyph_string
*s
;
990 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
991 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
992 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
994 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
997 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1001 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1002 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1004 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1005 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1006 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1007 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1008 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1009 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1010 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1012 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1013 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1014 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1016 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1017 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1020 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1021 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1022 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1023 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1025 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1026 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1029 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1030 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1032 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1037 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1040 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
1041 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1046 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1047 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1048 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1050 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1052 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1053 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
1055 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0);
1056 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1057 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1059 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
1060 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1061 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1064 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1069 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1070 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1071 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1072 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
1073 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1074 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1076 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1077 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1080 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1081 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1083 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1086 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1090 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1091 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1092 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1095 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
1096 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1098 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1102 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1103 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1107 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
1108 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1110 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1112 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1114 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1115 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1117 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1119 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1120 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1122 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1124 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1127 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1129 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1130 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1132 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1133 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1135 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1136 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1140 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1141 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1144 /* GC must have been set. */
1145 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1149 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1150 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1153 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
1154 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1157 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
1158 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1163 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
1164 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
1167 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
1168 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1171 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1174 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
1175 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
1176 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
1177 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
1178 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
1183 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1186 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
1187 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1191 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1192 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1193 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1194 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1198 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1199 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1200 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1201 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1202 contains the first component of a composition. */
1205 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
1206 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1209 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1210 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1211 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1213 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1217 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1218 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1219 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1220 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1221 s
->background_width
,
1222 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1223 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1224 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1226 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1227 || s
->font_not_found_p
1228 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1231 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1232 s
->background_width
,
1233 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1234 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1240 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1243 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1244 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1248 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1249 of S to the right of that box line. */
1250 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1251 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1252 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1256 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1258 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1260 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1262 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1263 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1264 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1266 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1271 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
1272 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1274 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1275 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1277 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
1279 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1280 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1282 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
1283 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
1284 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
1285 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
1286 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
1287 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
1288 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1290 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
1292 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1293 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1295 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1296 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1301 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1302 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1304 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
1305 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1308 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1310 /* For overstriking (to simulate bold-face), draw the
1311 characters again shifted to the right by one pixel. */
1313 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1314 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
1316 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
+ 1,
1317 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
1322 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1325 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
1326 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1330 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1331 of S to the right of that box line. */
1332 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1333 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1334 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1338 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
1339 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1340 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1341 this composition. */
1343 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1344 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1345 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1348 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1349 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1353 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
1355 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1356 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
1357 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1359 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1360 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1361 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2] + 1,
1362 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
1369 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1371 static struct frame
*x_frame_of_widget
P_ ((Widget
));
1372 static Boolean cvt_string_to_pixel
P_ ((Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1373 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*));
1374 static void cvt_pixel_dtor
P_ ((XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1375 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*));
1378 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1379 cannot be determined. */
1381 static struct frame
*
1382 x_frame_of_widget (widget
)
1385 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1389 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1391 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1392 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1393 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1394 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1395 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1396 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1398 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1399 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1400 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
1401 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
1402 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
1404 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1405 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
1406 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1413 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
1414 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
1415 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
1416 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
1419 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
1424 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1425 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
1429 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1430 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1431 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1432 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1433 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1434 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1437 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (widget
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1441 unsigned long *pixel
;
1445 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1446 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1450 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1451 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1453 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1455 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1457 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1462 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1463 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1465 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1468 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1470 DPY is the display we are working on.
1472 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1473 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1474 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1475 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1477 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1478 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1480 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1481 we allocated the color or not.
1483 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1486 cvt_string_to_pixel (dpy
, args
, nargs
, from
, to
, closure_ret
)
1490 XrmValue
*from
, *to
;
1491 XtPointer
*closure_ret
;
1501 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1502 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1504 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1508 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1509 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1510 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1512 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1514 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1515 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1517 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1519 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1520 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1522 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1523 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1525 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1526 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1531 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1533 params
[0] = color_name
;
1534 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1535 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1536 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1541 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1543 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1545 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1549 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1553 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1554 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1557 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1562 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1563 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1564 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1566 APP is the application context in which we work.
1568 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1569 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1570 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1572 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1575 cvt_pixel_dtor (app
, to
, closure
, args
, nargs
)
1584 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1586 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1589 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1591 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1592 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1593 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1594 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1595 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1600 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1603 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1604 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1605 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1606 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1608 static const XColor
*
1609 x_color_cells (dpy
, ncells
)
1613 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1615 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1617 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1620 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1621 = XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1622 dpyinfo
->color_cells
1623 = (XColor
*) xmalloc (dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
1624 * sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1626 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1627 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1629 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1630 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1633 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1634 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1638 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1639 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1642 x_query_colors (f
, colors
, ncolors
)
1647 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1649 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1652 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1654 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1655 xassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1656 xassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1657 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1661 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1665 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1666 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1669 x_query_color (f
, color
)
1673 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1677 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1678 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1679 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1683 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, color
)
1690 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1693 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1694 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1695 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1696 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1698 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
1700 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1702 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1704 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1705 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1706 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1707 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1709 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1712 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1716 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1717 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1718 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1719 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
);
1723 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1724 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1725 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1726 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1727 XColor
*cached_color
;
1729 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1730 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1731 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1732 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1733 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1735 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1736 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1737 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1741 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1743 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1744 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1750 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1751 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1752 Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1756 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
1761 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1762 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1766 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1767 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1768 get color reference counts right. */
1771 x_copy_color (f
, pixel
)
1773 unsigned long pixel
;
1777 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1779 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1780 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1782 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1783 register_color (pixel
);
1789 /* Allocate color PIXEL on display DPY. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1790 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1791 get color reference counts right. */
1794 x_copy_dpy_color (dpy
, cmap
, pixel
)
1797 unsigned long pixel
;
1801 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1803 XQueryColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1804 XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, &color
);
1806 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1807 register_color (pixel
);
1813 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1816 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1817 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1818 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1819 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1820 use an additional additive factor.
1822 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1823 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1824 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1827 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1828 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1829 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1830 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1831 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1832 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1835 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
1839 unsigned long *pixel
;
1847 /* Get RGB color values. */
1848 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1849 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1851 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1852 xassert (factor
>= 0);
1853 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1854 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1855 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1857 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1858 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1860 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1861 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1862 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1863 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1864 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1866 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1867 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1868 /* The additive adjustment. */
1869 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1873 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1874 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1875 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1879 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1880 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1881 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1885 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1886 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1889 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1891 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1892 delta to the RGB values. */
1893 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1895 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1896 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1897 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1898 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1909 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1910 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1911 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1912 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1913 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1914 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1917 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
1919 struct relief
*relief
;
1922 unsigned long default_pixel
;
1925 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1926 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1927 unsigned long pixel
;
1928 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1929 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1930 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1931 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1933 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1934 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1936 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1937 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1938 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1940 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1942 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1943 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1946 /* Allocate new color. */
1947 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1949 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1950 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1952 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1953 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1956 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1958 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1960 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1963 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1967 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1970 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
1971 struct glyph_string
*s
;
1973 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1974 unsigned long color
;
1976 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1977 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1978 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1980 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1981 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1986 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1987 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1988 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1991 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1992 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1994 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1995 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1996 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1997 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1998 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2003 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2004 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2005 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
2006 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
2007 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
2008 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2012 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2013 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2015 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
2016 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2018 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2019 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2024 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2026 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2027 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2030 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2031 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2032 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2033 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2037 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2038 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2039 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2041 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2043 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2045 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2046 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2049 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2050 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2051 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2052 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2056 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2057 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2058 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2060 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2064 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2065 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2066 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2067 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2068 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2069 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2072 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2073 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
2074 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2075 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
, left_p
, right_p
;
2076 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
2080 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2081 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2082 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2085 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2086 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2090 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2091 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2094 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2095 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2099 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2100 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2102 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2103 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2107 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2110 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
2111 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2113 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2114 int left_p
, right_p
;
2115 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2116 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2118 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2119 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
2120 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2122 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2123 if (s
->area
!= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
2124 || WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (s
->w
))
2125 last_x
+= WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s
->w
);
2128 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2129 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2131 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2133 width
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2134 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2136 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2138 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2140 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2142 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2143 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2145 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2146 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2147 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2149 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2151 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2153 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2154 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2155 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2158 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2159 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2160 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2165 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2168 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
2169 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2172 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2174 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2175 right of that line. */
2176 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2177 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2178 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2182 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2184 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2185 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2191 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2192 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2193 trust on the shape extension to be available
2194 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2196 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2199 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2201 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2202 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2203 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2204 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2205 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2207 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2210 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2211 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2212 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2213 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2214 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2218 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2220 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2223 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
2224 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
2225 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2226 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2227 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2229 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2230 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2231 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2232 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2233 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2234 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2235 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2237 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2239 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2240 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2245 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2246 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2247 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2251 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2254 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
2255 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2257 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2260 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2262 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2263 right of that line. */
2264 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2265 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2266 x
= s
->x
+ abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2270 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2272 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2273 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2275 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2276 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2278 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2279 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2283 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
2284 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2289 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
2290 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
2292 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2293 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2294 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
2298 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2301 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
2302 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2306 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
);
2308 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2309 right of that line. */
2310 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2311 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2312 x
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2316 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2318 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2319 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2325 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2326 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2327 trust on the shape extension to be available
2328 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2330 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2334 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2335 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2336 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2337 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2338 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2340 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2341 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2342 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2346 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2347 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
2349 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2350 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2351 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2352 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2353 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2354 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2355 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2357 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2359 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2360 s
->img
->width
+ r
*2 - 1, s
->img
->height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2365 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2366 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2367 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
2371 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2372 give the rectangle to draw. */
2375 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2376 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2381 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2382 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2383 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2384 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2387 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2391 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2394 s->x +-------------------------
2397 | +-------------------------
2400 | | +-------------------
2406 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
2407 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2410 int box_line_hwidth
= abs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2411 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2413 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2415 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_vwidth
;
2418 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2419 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2421 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2422 if (height
> s
->img
->height
2426 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2427 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2429 if (box_line_hwidth
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
2430 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_hwidth
;
2434 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_vwidth
;
2438 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2439 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2440 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2441 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2442 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2444 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2445 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2446 s
->background_width
,
2449 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2451 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2453 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2456 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2457 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2458 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2459 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2460 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2465 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2467 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2468 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2469 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2470 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2474 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2476 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2479 /* Draw the foreground. */
2482 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2483 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2484 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2485 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2486 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2489 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2491 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2493 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2494 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2495 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2499 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2502 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
2503 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2505 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2506 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2508 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2509 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2511 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
2512 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
2513 int width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
2516 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2518 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2519 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
2521 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
2522 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2526 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2527 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2529 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2535 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2536 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2538 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2540 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2541 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2542 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2543 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2548 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2549 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2550 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2551 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2555 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2556 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
2559 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2563 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2566 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
2567 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2569 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2571 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
2572 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
2573 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2574 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2576 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
2577 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
2578 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
2579 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
2582 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2583 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2585 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2586 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2587 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
2588 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2589 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2590 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2593 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2594 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2595 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2596 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2600 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2602 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2605 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2609 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2613 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2614 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2616 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2617 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2620 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2621 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
2622 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2624 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2625 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2632 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2634 /* Draw underline. */
2635 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2637 unsigned long tem
, h
;
2640 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2641 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
2644 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2645 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2646 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2647 specs, and its default is
2649 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2650 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2652 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2653 && XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &tem
))
2654 y
= s
->ybase
+ (long) tem
;
2655 else if (s
->face
->font
)
2656 y
= s
->ybase
+ (s
->face
->font
->max_bounds
.descent
+ 1) / 2;
2658 y
= s
->y
+ s
->height
- h
;
2660 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2661 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2662 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2666 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2667 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2668 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2669 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, h
);
2670 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2674 /* Draw overline. */
2675 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2677 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2679 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2680 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2685 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2686 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2687 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2689 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2693 /* Draw strike-through. */
2694 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2696 unsigned long h
= 1;
2697 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2699 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2700 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2705 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2706 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2707 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2709 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2713 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2714 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2715 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2718 /* Reset clipping. */
2719 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2722 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2725 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
)
2727 int x
, y
, width
, height
, shift_by
;
2729 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2730 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2731 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2735 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2746 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2747 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2750 x_clear_area (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
)
2757 xassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2758 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
2762 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
2763 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
2773 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2775 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2777 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2778 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
2779 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
2781 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
2782 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
2784 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2786 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
2787 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
2788 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2790 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2793 xg_frame_cleared (f
);
2801 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2803 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
2804 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
2806 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2809 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
2810 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
2813 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
2814 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
2816 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
2817 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
2818 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
2820 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
2821 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
2825 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
2827 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
2828 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
2832 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
2834 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
2835 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
2837 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
2839 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
2851 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
2852 pixels into background pixels. */
2856 values
.function
= GXxor
;
2857 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
2858 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
2860 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2861 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
2865 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
2866 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
2867 /* Height of each line to flash. */
2868 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
2869 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
2870 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2871 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
2875 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
2876 edge it is next to. */
2877 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
2879 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
2880 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2883 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
2884 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
2891 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
2893 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2894 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2896 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2898 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2899 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2900 width
, flash_height
);
2901 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2903 (height
- flash_height
2904 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2905 width
, flash_height
);
2908 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2909 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2910 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2911 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2916 struct timeval wakeup
;
2918 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
2920 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
2921 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
2922 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
2923 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
2925 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
2927 while (! detect_input_pending ())
2929 struct timeval current
;
2930 struct timeval timeout
;
2932 EMACS_GET_TIME (current
);
2934 /* Break if result would be negative. */
2935 if (timeval_subtract (¤t
, wakeup
, current
))
2938 /* How long `select' should wait. */
2940 timeout
.tv_usec
= 10000;
2942 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
2943 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
2947 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
2948 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
2950 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2952 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
2953 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
)),
2954 width
, flash_height
);
2955 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2957 (height
- flash_height
2958 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
2959 width
, flash_height
);
2962 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
2963 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
2964 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
2965 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2967 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
2975 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
2978 /* Make audible bell. */
2983 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
2985 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
2987 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
2994 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
2995 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3002 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3003 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3004 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3005 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3008 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
3011 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3016 /***********************************************************************
3018 ***********************************************************************/
3020 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3021 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3024 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
3031 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3034 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
3038 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3039 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3041 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3042 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3044 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3046 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3047 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3048 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3052 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3053 line at the bottom. */
3054 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3055 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3057 height
= run
->height
;
3061 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3063 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3064 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3066 height
= run
->height
;
3071 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3075 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3076 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3077 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3087 /***********************************************************************
3089 ***********************************************************************/
3096 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3097 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3098 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3099 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3101 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3102 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3104 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3108 frame_unhighlight (f
)
3111 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3112 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3113 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3114 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3116 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3117 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3119 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3122 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3123 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3124 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3125 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3126 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3129 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
3130 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3131 struct frame
*frame
;
3133 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3135 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3137 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3138 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3139 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3141 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3142 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3145 selected_frame
= frame
;
3146 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
3148 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
, Qnil
);
3149 choose_minibuf_frame ();
3152 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3153 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3155 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3158 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3161 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3162 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3163 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3166 x_focus_changed (type
, state
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
)
3169 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3170 struct frame
*frame
;
3171 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3173 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3175 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3177 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3178 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3180 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3181 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3182 if (GC_NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3183 && GC_CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3184 && !GC_NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3186 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3187 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3191 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3194 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3195 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3198 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3200 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3202 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3204 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3205 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3209 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3210 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3215 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3216 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3218 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3221 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, event
, bufp
)
3222 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3224 struct input_event
*bufp
;
3226 struct frame
*frame
;
3229 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3233 switch (event
->type
)
3238 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3240 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3242 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3243 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3244 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3245 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3247 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3253 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3254 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3255 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3256 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3262 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3265 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
3266 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3268 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3271 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3272 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3273 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3275 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3276 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3277 the appropriate X display info. */
3280 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
3281 struct frame
*frame
;
3283 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3287 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
3288 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3290 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3292 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3294 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3295 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3296 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3297 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3298 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3300 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
3301 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3305 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3307 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3310 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3311 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3312 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3318 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3320 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3322 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
3323 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3325 int min_code
, max_code
;
3328 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3330 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3331 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3332 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3333 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3334 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3337 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3339 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
3340 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
3343 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3344 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3346 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3348 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3349 Alt keysyms are on. */
3351 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3353 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3354 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3357 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3359 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3363 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3367 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3369 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3375 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3380 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3385 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3390 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3394 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3395 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
3396 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3404 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3405 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3407 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3408 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3411 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3412 make them just meta, not alt. */
3413 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3415 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3418 XFree ((char *) syms
);
3419 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3422 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3426 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3427 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3430 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3431 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3432 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3433 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3436 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3437 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3438 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3439 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3440 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3441 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3442 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3443 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3446 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3447 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3448 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3449 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3450 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3451 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3455 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
3456 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3459 EMACS_UINT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3460 EMACS_UINT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3461 EMACS_UINT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3462 EMACS_UINT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3466 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3467 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_alt
= XUINT (tem
);
3468 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3469 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_meta
= XUINT (tem
);
3470 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3471 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_hyper
= XUINT (tem
);
3472 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3473 if (! EQ (tem
, Qnil
)) mod_super
= XUINT (tem
);
3476 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3477 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3478 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3479 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3480 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3481 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3484 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3487 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
3493 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3501 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3503 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3505 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3509 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
3510 struct input_event
*result
;
3511 XButtonEvent
*event
;
3514 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3516 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3517 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3518 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3519 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3521 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3525 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3526 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3527 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3533 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3534 The input handler calls this.
3536 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3537 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3538 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3539 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3541 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3542 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3545 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
3547 XMotionEvent
*event
;
3549 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3550 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3551 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3553 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3555 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3556 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3557 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3560 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3561 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3562 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3563 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3564 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3566 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3567 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3568 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3573 /************************************************************************
3575 ************************************************************************/
3578 redo_mouse_highlight ()
3580 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3581 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3582 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3583 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3584 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3588 static int glyph_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int, XRectangle
*));
3591 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
3592 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
3593 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
3597 glyph_rect (f
, x
, y
, rect
)
3604 struct glyph_row
*r
, *end_row
;
3606 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, &x
, &y
, 0);
3610 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
3611 r
= MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
3612 end_row
= r
+ w
->current_matrix
->nrows
- 1;
3614 for (; r
< end_row
&& r
->enabled_p
; ++r
)
3618 struct glyph
*g
= r
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
3619 struct glyph
*end
= g
+ r
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
3621 while (g
< end
&& gx
< x
)
3622 gx
+= g
->pixel_width
, ++g
;
3625 rect
->width
= g
->pixel_width
;
3626 rect
->height
= r
->height
;
3627 rect
->x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, gx
);
3628 rect
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
3639 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3640 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3642 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3643 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3644 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3645 position on the scroll bar.
3647 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3648 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3651 Set *TIME to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3652 was at this position.
3654 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3656 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3660 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
3663 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
3664 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
3666 unsigned long *time
;
3672 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3673 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
3679 Window dummy_window
;
3682 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3684 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3685 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3686 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3687 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3688 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3690 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3692 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3693 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3694 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3696 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3699 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3700 a different screen. */
3703 /* The position on that root window. */
3706 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3709 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3711 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3713 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3714 containing the pointer. */
3718 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3723 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3724 structure is changing at the same time this function
3725 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3727 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3729 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3730 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3732 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3733 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3734 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3736 /* From-window, to-window. */
3737 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3739 /* From-position, to-position. */
3740 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3744 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3750 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3752 /* From-window, to-window. */
3755 /* From-position, to-position. */
3756 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3761 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
3769 /* Now we know that:
3770 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
3771 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
3772 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
3773 (XTC did this the last time through), and
3774 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
3775 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
3776 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
3777 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
3778 never use them in that case.) */
3780 /* Is win one of our frames? */
3781 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
3783 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3784 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
3787 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
3788 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
3790 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3793 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
3796 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
3798 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
3801 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
3803 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
3807 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
3813 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
3814 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
3818 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
3819 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
3820 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
3821 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
3822 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
3823 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
3824 the frame are divided into. */
3826 int width
, height
, gx
, gy
;
3829 if (glyph_rect (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &rect
))
3830 last_mouse_glyph
= rect
;
3833 width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
3834 height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
3838 /* Arrange for the division in FRAME_PIXEL_X_TO_COL etc. to
3839 round down even for negative values. */
3844 gx
= (gx
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
3845 gy
= (gy
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
3847 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
3848 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
3849 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= gx
;
3850 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= gy
;
3856 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
3857 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
3858 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
3868 /***********************************************************************
3870 ***********************************************************************/
3872 /* Scroll bar support. */
3874 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
3876 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
3879 static struct scroll_bar
*
3880 x_window_to_scroll_bar (display
, window_id
)
3887 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
3888 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3890 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3891 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3894 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
3896 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3897 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
3898 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
3901 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
3904 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
3906 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3907 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
3908 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
3909 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
3910 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
3913 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
3914 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
&&
3915 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
3916 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
3923 #if defined USE_LUCID
3925 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
3926 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
3929 x_window_to_menu_bar (window
)
3934 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
3935 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
3938 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (XCAR (tail
))))
3940 Lisp_Object frame
= XCAR (tail
);
3941 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
3943 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
3951 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
3954 /************************************************************************
3956 ************************************************************************/
3958 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3960 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
3961 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
3962 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
3963 struct scroll_bar
*));
3964 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
3968 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
3969 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
3971 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
3973 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
3975 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
3977 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
3978 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
3981 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
3983 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
3985 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
3987 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
3988 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
3989 to avoid jerkyness. */
3991 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
3993 extern void set_vertical_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct window
*));
3995 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
3996 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
3997 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
3998 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4001 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
4004 XtPointer client_data
;
4008 Cardinal
*num_params
;
4014 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4015 end_action
= "Release";
4016 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4017 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4018 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4019 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4022 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4023 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4027 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4028 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4029 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4031 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4033 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4034 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4035 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4037 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4038 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4040 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4041 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4044 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4046 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4047 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4049 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4050 static int scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4053 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4054 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4055 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4056 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4059 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
4061 int part
, portion
, whole
;
4064 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4065 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4066 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4071 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4072 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4073 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4074 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4075 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4078 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4079 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4080 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4081 into that array in the event. */
4082 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4083 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4086 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4088 int new_size
= max (10, 2 * scroll_bar_windows_size
);
4089 size_t nbytes
= new_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4090 size_t old_nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4092 scroll_bar_windows
= (struct window
**) xrealloc (scroll_bar_windows
,
4094 bzero (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4095 scroll_bar_windows_size
= new_size
;
4098 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4099 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4100 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4101 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4102 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4103 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4105 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4106 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4108 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4109 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4110 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4111 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4116 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4120 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
4122 struct input_event
*ievent
;
4124 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4129 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4130 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4132 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4133 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4135 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4136 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4139 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4141 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4143 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4144 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4145 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4146 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4147 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4153 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4155 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4158 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4159 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4160 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4163 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4165 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4167 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4168 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4169 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4173 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4174 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4175 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4178 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4179 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4180 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4183 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4184 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4185 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4188 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4189 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4190 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4194 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4195 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4198 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4199 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4200 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4207 /* Get the slider size. */
4209 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4212 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4213 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4214 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4215 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4219 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4225 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4226 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4227 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4232 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw or GTK */
4234 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4235 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4238 xg_scroll_callback (widget
, data
)
4242 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) data
;
4248 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4249 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (widget
));
4251 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return;
4253 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4255 p
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
);
4258 p
= (gdouble
*) xmalloc (sizeof (gdouble
));
4260 g_object_set_data (G_OBJECT (widget
), XG_LAST_SB_DATA
, p
);
4266 diff
= (int) (position
- previous
);
4268 if (diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4270 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4271 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4273 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->step_increment
)
4275 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4276 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4278 else if (diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4280 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4281 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4283 else if (-diff
== (int) adj
->page_increment
)
4285 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4286 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4290 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4291 whole
= adj
->upper
- adj
->page_size
;
4292 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4293 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4298 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4299 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4300 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4304 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4306 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4307 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4308 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4312 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4314 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4316 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4317 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4319 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4322 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4324 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4328 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4330 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
4331 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4332 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4333 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4334 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4336 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4338 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4340 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4341 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4342 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4343 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4347 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4348 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4349 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4350 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4351 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4352 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4353 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4356 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
4358 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
4360 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4361 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4362 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4366 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4368 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4371 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
4372 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4374 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4375 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4376 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4377 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4379 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4381 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4382 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4383 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4384 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4387 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4388 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
4390 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4392 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4393 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4397 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4399 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4401 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4404 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4409 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4412 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
4414 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4420 char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4421 unsigned long pixel
;
4426 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4427 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4428 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4429 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4430 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4431 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4432 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4433 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4435 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4438 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4442 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4445 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4449 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4450 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4452 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4453 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4455 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4457 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4459 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4461 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4463 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4465 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4468 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4469 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4471 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4472 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4473 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4474 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4476 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4478 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4479 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4480 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4481 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4482 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4483 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4484 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4485 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4487 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4490 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4494 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4497 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4501 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4503 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4504 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4506 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4507 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4508 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4510 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4512 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4514 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4515 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4516 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4518 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4521 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4522 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4523 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4524 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4525 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4527 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, True
);
4531 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4532 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4533 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4535 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4537 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4540 /* Specify the colors. */
4541 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4544 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "topShadowPixel", pixel
);
4547 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4550 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], "bottomShadowPixel", pixel
);
4555 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4556 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4560 char *val
= initial
;
4561 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4562 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4564 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4565 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4566 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
4567 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4571 /* Define callbacks. */
4572 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4573 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4576 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4577 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4579 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4581 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4582 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4583 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4584 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4586 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4587 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4588 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4589 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
4593 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4596 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4597 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4601 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4602 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4603 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4605 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4608 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4610 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
4611 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4612 int portion
, position
, whole
;
4614 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4615 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4622 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4623 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4624 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4625 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4626 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4627 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4628 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4629 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4630 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4631 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4632 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4633 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4634 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4635 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4642 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4643 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4646 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4650 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4651 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4653 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4654 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4655 size
= max (size
, 1);
4657 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4658 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4659 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4661 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4663 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4669 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4670 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4674 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4676 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4677 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4678 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4682 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4683 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4684 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4687 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4688 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
4690 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4691 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4692 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4693 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4695 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4696 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4700 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
4701 int scroll_mode
= 0;
4703 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
4704 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
4706 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
4707 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
4708 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
4709 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
4710 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
4713 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4714 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4715 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4717 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4720 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
4721 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
4726 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4730 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4732 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4736 /************************************************************************
4737 Scroll bars, general
4738 ************************************************************************/
4740 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4741 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4742 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4745 static struct scroll_bar
*
4746 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
4748 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
4750 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4751 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4752 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
4756 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4757 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4758 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4760 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4764 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4765 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4766 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
4768 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4769 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4771 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4773 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4775 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4776 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4777 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4778 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4779 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4781 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4783 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4784 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4785 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4787 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4789 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4796 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
4798 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4800 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4801 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
4802 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
4803 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
4804 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
4805 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
4806 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
4807 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4809 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
4810 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
4812 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
4813 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
4814 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
4816 /* Map the window/widget. */
4817 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4820 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
4821 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
4823 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4824 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4828 xg_show_scroll_bar (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4829 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4830 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4831 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
4832 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4834 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4835 max (height
, 1), 0);
4836 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
4837 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4839 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4840 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4841 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4848 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
4850 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
4851 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
4852 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
4855 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
4856 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
4857 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
4858 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
4859 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
4861 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4864 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
4865 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4869 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
4870 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
4871 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4872 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
4874 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
4876 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
4877 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
4883 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
4884 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4885 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
4887 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
4888 the distance between start and end. */
4890 int length
= end
- start
;
4894 else if (start
> top_range
)
4896 end
= start
+ length
;
4900 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
4904 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
4905 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
4906 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
4908 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
4909 if (end
> top_range
)
4912 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
4913 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
4914 that many pixels tall. */
4915 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
4917 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
4918 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4920 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4921 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4922 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4923 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
4924 inside_width
, start
,
4927 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
4928 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4929 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4930 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
4932 /* Draw the handle itself. */
4933 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
4934 /* x, y, width, height */
4935 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4936 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
4937 inside_width
, end
- start
);
4939 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
4940 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
4941 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
4942 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
4944 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
4945 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
4946 if (end
< inside_height
)
4947 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
4948 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
4949 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
4950 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
4951 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
4959 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4961 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
4965 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
4966 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4968 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4971 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4973 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4974 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4975 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
4976 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4978 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
4981 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
4982 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
4988 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
4989 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
4990 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
4994 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
4996 int portion
, whole
, position
;
4998 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4999 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5000 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5001 int window_y
, window_height
;
5003 /* Get window dimensions. */
5004 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5006 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5007 height
= window_height
;
5009 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5010 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5012 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5013 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5014 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5015 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5019 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5020 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5021 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5022 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5024 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
5026 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5027 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5032 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5033 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5035 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5038 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5039 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5043 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5047 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5048 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5050 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5054 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
5056 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
5058 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
5060 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
5063 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5067 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5068 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5070 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5071 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5075 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5077 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5078 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5079 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5080 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5081 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5082 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5084 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5085 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5087 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5088 max (height
, 1), 0);
5090 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5091 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5093 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5094 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5095 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5097 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5098 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5100 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5101 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5102 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5106 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5107 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5108 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5111 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5112 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5113 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5115 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5116 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5117 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5118 rest
, height
, False
);
5120 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5121 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5125 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5130 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5132 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5134 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
5138 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5140 /* Remember new settings. */
5141 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
5142 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
5143 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
5144 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
5149 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5150 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5151 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5152 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5154 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5156 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5159 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5162 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5163 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5164 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5167 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5169 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5173 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5174 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5175 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5176 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5177 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5178 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5179 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5181 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5182 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5183 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5186 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
5189 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5190 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5193 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5194 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
5195 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5196 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5197 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5198 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5199 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
5204 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5205 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5208 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
5209 struct window
*window
;
5211 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5214 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5215 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5218 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5220 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5221 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5222 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5224 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5226 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5227 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5229 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5230 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5231 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
5233 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5234 one or the other! */
5238 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5240 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5241 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5243 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5245 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
5246 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5247 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5250 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5251 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5254 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
5257 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5259 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5261 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5262 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5263 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
5265 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5267 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5269 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5272 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5275 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5276 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5280 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5281 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5282 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5284 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5288 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
5289 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5292 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5293 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5294 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5295 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5299 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
5301 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5302 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5304 /* x, y, width, height */
5306 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5307 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
5312 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5314 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5315 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5317 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5322 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
5323 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5325 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
5327 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5330 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5331 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5332 emacs_event
->modifiers
5333 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5334 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5335 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5336 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5339 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5340 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5341 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5344 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5346 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5349 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5350 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5353 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5355 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5356 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5357 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5358 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5360 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5362 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
5363 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
5364 whether or not we're dragging. */
5366 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
5368 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
5369 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5370 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
5373 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5374 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5375 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5376 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5378 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5379 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5381 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5382 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5386 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
5388 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
5390 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
5391 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
5393 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5395 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5398 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5402 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5404 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5406 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5410 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
5411 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5414 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5416 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5419 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5421 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5422 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5424 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5425 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5427 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
5429 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
5431 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5436 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5438 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5439 on the scroll bar. */
5442 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
5444 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
5445 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
5447 unsigned long *time
;
5449 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5450 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
5451 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5453 Window dummy_window
;
5455 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5459 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5461 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5463 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5464 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5465 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5467 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5470 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5477 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5480 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
5482 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5484 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5485 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5489 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5493 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5495 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5496 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5497 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
5498 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5499 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5500 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5502 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5504 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5505 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5508 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5511 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5517 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5518 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5519 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5523 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
5526 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5529 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5530 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5531 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5532 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5533 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5534 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5535 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5536 SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
5538 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5542 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
5544 struct selection_event_queue
5547 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
5550 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
5552 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
5554 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
5556 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
5559 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
5563 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
5564 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
5566 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
5568 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
5569 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
5574 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
5575 so that they get processed afresh. */
5578 x_unqueue_events (display
)
5581 while (queue
!= NULL
)
5583 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
5584 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
5585 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
5586 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
5590 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5593 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5596 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
5599 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
5602 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
5605 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
5606 x_unqueue_events (display
);
5609 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5612 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
5613 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
5614 sometimes don't work. */
5616 static Time enter_timestamp
;
5619 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5620 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5621 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5622 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5624 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5625 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5627 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5629 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5630 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5632 static int temp_index
;
5633 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5635 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5636 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5638 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5640 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5641 on a particular display. */
5643 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5645 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5646 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5647 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5648 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5650 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5652 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
5655 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5656 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
5657 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5658 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
5659 inev.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5660 XSETFRAME (inev.frame_or_window, f); \
5664 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
5665 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
5675 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5676 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5677 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5679 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5681 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5685 x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, event
)
5686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5689 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5690 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5691 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5694 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5695 event
->xclient
.window
);
5697 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5702 static int current_count
;
5703 static int current_finish
;
5704 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5706 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5707 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5708 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5709 static GdkFilterReturn
5710 event_handler_gdk (gxev
, ev
, data
)
5715 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5717 if (current_count
>= 0)
5719 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5721 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5724 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5725 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5726 so we do it here. */
5727 if (xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5728 if (dpyinfo
&& x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5729 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5733 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5737 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5742 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5744 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5745 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5747 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5749 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5752 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5754 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5755 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5756 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5758 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5761 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, eventp
, finish
, hold_quit
)
5762 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5765 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
5767 struct input_event inev
;
5772 struct coding_system coding
;
5773 XEvent event
= *eventp
;
5775 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5778 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5785 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5786 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5787 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5789 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5790 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5792 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5793 could be the shell widget window
5794 if the frame has no title bar. */
5795 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5797 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5798 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5799 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5801 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5802 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5803 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5804 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5805 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5808 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5809 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5810 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5811 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5814 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5815 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5816 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5819 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5820 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5821 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5822 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
5823 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5824 /* The ICCCM says this is
5825 the only valid choice. */
5827 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5828 /* This is needed to detect the error
5829 if there is an error. */
5831 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
5833 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5838 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5839 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5841 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5842 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5843 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5844 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5845 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5846 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5847 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5848 session manager and one for this. */
5850 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5853 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5854 event
.xclient
.window
);
5855 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5856 for a single Emacs process. */
5857 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5858 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5859 event
.xclient
.window
,
5860 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5862 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5863 event
.xclient
.window
,
5869 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5870 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5872 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5873 event
.xclient
.window
);
5875 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5877 inev
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5878 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5885 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5886 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5891 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5892 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5895 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5897 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5898 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5902 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5909 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5910 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5912 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5913 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
5917 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5919 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
5920 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
5921 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
5922 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
5924 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5925 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5926 currently never do because we are interested in
5927 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5928 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5929 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5930 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5931 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5935 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5936 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5937 we construct an input_event. */
5938 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5939 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5941 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
);
5942 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5945 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5947 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5952 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
))
5953 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5957 case SelectionNotify
:
5958 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5959 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
5961 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5962 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
5965 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5966 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5967 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
5969 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5971 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
5973 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5974 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
5975 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
5976 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
5977 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
5981 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5982 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5983 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5985 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5986 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
5987 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
5991 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
5992 = (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
5994 inev
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5995 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
) = eventp
->display
;
5996 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5997 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
) = eventp
->selection
;
5998 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
) = eventp
->target
;
5999 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
) = eventp
->property
;
6000 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
) = eventp
->time
;
6001 inev
.frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
6005 case PropertyNotify
:
6006 #if 0 /* This is plain wrong. In the case that we are waiting for a
6007 PropertyNotify used as an ACK in incremental selection
6008 transfer, the property will be on the receiver's window. */
6009 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
6010 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
6014 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6017 case ReparentNotify
:
6018 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6022 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6023 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6027 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6028 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6033 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6036 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6038 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6040 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6041 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6042 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6043 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6047 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6048 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6052 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6053 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6055 #if defined USE_LUCID
6056 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6057 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6058 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6061 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6063 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6065 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6067 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6068 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6070 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6071 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6072 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6075 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6076 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6079 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6080 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6084 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6085 source area was obscured or not
6087 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6091 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6092 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6093 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6095 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6098 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6101 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6102 source area was completely
6107 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6108 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6111 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6114 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6115 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6116 the frame was deleted. */
6118 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6119 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6120 display that won't ever be seen. */
6121 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6122 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6123 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6124 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6125 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6126 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6127 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6128 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6130 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6132 inev
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6133 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6139 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6140 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6141 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6144 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6145 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6146 frame is visible. */
6147 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6150 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
6151 the frame's display structures.
6152 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6153 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6154 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6155 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6156 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6157 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6159 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6160 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6161 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6165 inev
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6166 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6168 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6169 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6170 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6171 to update the frame titles
6172 in case this is the second frame. */
6173 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6179 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6180 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6181 if (popup_activated ())
6185 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6187 if (!dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
))
6189 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6190 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6193 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6196 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6197 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6198 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6200 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6202 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6203 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6206 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6210 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6211 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6212 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6215 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6216 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6217 status_return even if the input is too long to
6218 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6219 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6220 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6221 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6222 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6223 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6224 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6226 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6230 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6231 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6232 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6234 /* This will have to go some day... */
6236 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6237 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6238 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6239 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6240 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6241 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6242 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6244 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6245 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6246 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6247 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6248 not it is combined with Meta. */
6249 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6250 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6255 Status status_return
;
6257 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6258 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6259 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6260 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6262 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6264 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6265 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6266 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6267 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6268 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6271 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6272 #if 0 && defined X_HAVE_UTF8_STRING
6273 else if (status_return
== XLookupKeySym
)
6274 { /* Try again but with utf-8. */
6275 coding_system
= Qutf_8
;
6276 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6277 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6278 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6280 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6282 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6283 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6284 nbytes
= Xutf8LookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6287 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6293 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6295 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6300 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6301 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6305 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6306 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6309 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
6310 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6314 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6315 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6316 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6319 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6321 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6322 XSETFRAME (inev
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6324 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6325 inev
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6327 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6328 translations to characters. */
6329 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6330 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6332 inev
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6337 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6338 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6339 && (NATNUMP (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6343 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6344 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6345 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6346 inev
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6350 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6351 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6352 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6353 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6354 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6355 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6357 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6358 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6360 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6361 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6362 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6363 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6364 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
6365 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
6367 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6368 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6370 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6371 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6373 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6374 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6376 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6377 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6379 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6380 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6382 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6383 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6385 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6386 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6388 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6389 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6391 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6392 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6394 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6395 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6397 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6398 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6400 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6401 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6403 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6404 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6406 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6407 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6408 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6409 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6410 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6411 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6413 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
6414 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
6417 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
6419 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
6420 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6421 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6422 don't have real modifiers but
6423 should be treated similarly to
6424 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6425 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6426 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6428 && (unsigned)(orig_keysym
)
6429 <= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6433 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6434 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6436 inev
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6441 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6446 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6447 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6448 we used just above and the locale. */
6449 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6450 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6451 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6452 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6453 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6454 gives us composition information. */
6455 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6457 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6459 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6463 /* Decode the input data. */
6467 require
= decoding_buffer_size (&coding
, nbytes
);
6468 p
= (unsigned char *) alloca (require
);
6469 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6470 /* We explicitly disable composition handling because
6471 key data should not contain any composition sequence. */
6472 coding
.composing
= COMPOSITION_DISABLED
;
6473 decode_coding (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, p
, nbytes
, require
);
6474 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6475 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6479 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6480 character events. */
6481 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6483 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6484 c
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6486 c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
,
6488 inev
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (c
)
6489 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6490 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6492 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6495 /* Previous code updated count by nchars rather than nbytes,
6496 but that seems bogus to me. ++kfs */
6499 inev
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6501 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6507 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6508 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6517 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6518 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6526 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6528 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6531 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
)
6533 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
6534 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
6536 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
6538 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
6539 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6542 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6543 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
6546 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6547 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6548 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6549 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6553 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6557 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6559 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6562 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6564 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6565 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6566 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6567 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6570 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6571 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6572 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6573 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6574 if (any_help_event_p
)
6580 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
);
6585 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6586 help_echo_string
= help_echo_object
= help_echo_window
= Qnil
;
6589 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6590 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6591 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6593 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6595 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6597 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6598 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6604 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed. */
6605 if (mouse_autoselect_window
)
6609 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6610 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6613 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6614 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6615 will be selected iff it is active. */
6616 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6617 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6618 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
))
6620 inev
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6621 inev
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6626 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6630 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6631 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6632 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6633 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6636 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6637 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6639 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6640 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6641 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6644 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6645 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6646 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6647 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6652 case ConfigureNotify
:
6653 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6656 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6658 xg_resize_widgets (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6659 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6660 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6661 /* If there is a pending resize for fullscreen, don't
6662 do this one, the right one will come later.
6663 The toolkit version doesn't seem to need this, but we
6664 need to reset it below. */
6666 = ((f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6667 && f
->new_text_cols
!= 0);
6668 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6669 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6674 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6675 is called by the code that handles resizing
6676 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6678 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6679 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6680 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6681 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6682 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6683 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6684 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6686 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6687 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6688 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6690 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6693 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6694 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6697 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6698 Only get real positions and check fullscreen when mapped. */
6699 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6700 && GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6703 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
6704 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
6705 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6707 x_check_expected_move (f
);
6708 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_WAIT
)
6709 f
->want_fullscreen
&= ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT
|FULLSCREEN_BOTH
);
6713 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6714 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6717 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
6719 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
6720 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
6721 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
6722 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
6730 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6731 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6734 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
6736 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6738 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6739 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6741 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6745 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6746 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6747 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6750 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6751 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6753 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 0, 0, 1);
6754 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6756 if (event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6757 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 1, 0);
6759 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
, 0,
6760 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6761 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6767 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
6768 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
6770 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6771 if (! popup_activated ())
6773 construct_mouse_click (&inev
, &event
, f
);
6778 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6779 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6780 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6782 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6783 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6785 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6787 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6788 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6790 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6792 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
);
6793 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6796 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6798 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6799 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6800 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
6801 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
6802 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
6808 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6811 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6813 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6814 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6815 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6816 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6817 Instead, save it away
6818 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6819 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6822 ! popup_activated ()
6825 f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6826 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6827 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6828 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6829 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6830 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6831 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6832 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6834 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6835 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
6837 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6840 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6842 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
6846 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
6847 but I am trying to be cautious. */
6848 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6850 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
6852 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
6853 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
6854 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
6859 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
6862 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6866 case CirculateNotify
:
6869 case CirculateRequest
:
6872 case VisibilityNotify
:
6876 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6878 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
6880 case MappingModifier
:
6881 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6882 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6883 case MappingKeyboard
:
6884 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
6890 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6892 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6893 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
6895 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6900 if (inev
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6902 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
6907 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6912 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6918 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6919 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6920 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6924 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6925 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6935 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6936 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6937 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6939 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6941 x_dispatch_event (event
, display
)
6945 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6946 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6948 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6951 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6957 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6958 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
6959 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6961 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6962 thus pretending to be `read'.
6964 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
6967 XTread_socket (display
, expected
, hold_quit
)
6968 struct display
*display
;
6970 struct input_event
*hold_quit
;
6974 int event_found
= 0;
6975 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6977 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
6979 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
6983 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
6986 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
6987 input_signal_count
++;
6991 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
6992 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
6993 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6995 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
6997 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
6998 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
6999 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
7000 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
7001 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
7002 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
7005 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
7006 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
7007 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
7008 for X connections. */
7011 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
7013 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
7014 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
7015 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7016 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
7018 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
7022 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7023 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7025 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7026 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
7031 struct input_event inev
;
7033 /* We don't need to EVENT_INIT (inev) here, as
7034 x_session_check_input copies an entire input_event. */
7035 if (x_session_check_input (&inev
))
7037 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
, hold_quit
);
7045 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
7049 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
7052 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7053 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
7058 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7060 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7063 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
7068 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7069 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7070 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7071 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7073 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7074 from all displays. */
7076 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7078 current_count
= count
;
7079 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7081 gtk_main_iteration ();
7083 count
= current_count
;
7085 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7087 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7090 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7094 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7095 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7098 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7099 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7100 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7102 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7106 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7107 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7109 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7111 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7112 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7116 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7118 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7119 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7121 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7122 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7134 /***********************************************************************
7136 ***********************************************************************/
7138 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7139 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7141 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7142 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7143 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7146 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
)
7148 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7151 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7152 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7153 int window_y
, window_width
;
7155 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7157 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
7158 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
7159 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7160 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7161 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7163 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7167 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7170 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
7172 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7174 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7175 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7176 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7179 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7182 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7183 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7184 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7185 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7188 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
7189 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
7190 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
7192 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
7193 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
7194 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
7195 wd
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
), wd
);
7196 w
->phys_cursor_width
= wd
;
7198 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
7200 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7201 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
7203 /* Compute the proper height and ascent of the rectangle, based
7204 on the actual glyph. Using the full height of the row looks
7205 bad when there are tall images on that row. */
7206 h
= max (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), cursor_glyph
->ascent
+ cursor_glyph
->descent
);
7207 if (h
< row
->height
)
7208 y
+= row
->ascent
/* - w->phys_cursor_ascent */ + cursor_glyph
->descent
- h
;
7211 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7212 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7213 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7214 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7215 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7217 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7218 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7219 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7221 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7222 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7223 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
7224 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7228 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7230 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7231 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7232 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7236 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
, width
, kind
)
7238 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7240 enum text_cursor_kinds kind
;
7242 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7243 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7245 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7246 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7248 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7249 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7252 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7253 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7254 the bar might not be in the window. */
7255 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7257 struct glyph_row
*row
;
7258 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7259 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7263 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7264 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7265 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7266 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7267 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7270 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7271 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7272 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7273 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7274 that the glyph is legible. */
7275 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7276 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7278 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7279 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7282 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7285 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7286 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7290 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7291 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7293 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7294 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
);
7296 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7297 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7298 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7299 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7300 width
, row
->height
);
7302 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7303 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7304 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7305 row
->height
- width
),
7306 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
7309 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7314 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7317 x_define_frame_cursor (f
, cursor
)
7321 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7325 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7328 x_clear_frame_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
)
7330 int x
, y
, width
, height
;
7332 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7333 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7337 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7340 x_draw_window_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, x
, y
, cursor_type
, cursor_width
, on_p
, active_p
)
7342 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
7344 int cursor_type
, cursor_width
;
7347 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7351 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7352 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7354 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7355 && w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
7357 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7358 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, 0);
7361 switch (cursor_type
)
7363 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7364 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7367 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7368 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7372 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7376 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7380 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7388 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7389 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7390 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7395 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
7396 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7403 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7406 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
7412 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7415 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7416 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7417 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7418 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7423 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7424 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7425 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7427 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7428 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7429 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7433 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7434 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7436 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
7437 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
7438 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
7439 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7442 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7443 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7444 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7445 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7446 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7448 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7451 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7452 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7458 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7459 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7462 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
7466 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7472 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7473 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7475 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7476 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7478 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7479 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
7480 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
7482 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7483 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7484 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7485 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7490 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7492 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7493 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
7495 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
7497 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7498 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
7499 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7502 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
7506 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
7507 SDATA (x_error_message_string
),
7508 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7511 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7512 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7515 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7516 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7517 stored in x_error_message_string.
7519 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7520 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7522 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7524 void x_check_errors ();
7525 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
7528 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
7531 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7533 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7536 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
,
7537 Fcons (make_save_value (dpy
, 0),
7538 x_error_message_string
));
7540 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7541 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7546 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
7549 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
7550 Lisp_Object old_val
;
7554 first
= XCAR (old_val
);
7556 #if 0 /* XXX This has dumped core on me several times when my X
7557 server crashed. If this call is important, maybe we should
7558 check that the display is still alive. -- lorentey */
7559 XSync (XSAVE_VALUE (first
)->pointer
, False
);
7562 x_error_message_string
= XCDR (old_val
);
7566 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7567 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7568 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7571 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
7575 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7578 if (SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0))
7579 error (format
, SDATA (x_error_message_string
));
7582 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7583 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7586 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
7589 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7592 return SREF (x_error_message_string
, 0) != 0;
7595 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7598 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
7601 SSET (x_error_message_string
, 0, 0);
7604 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
7605 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
7606 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
7607 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
7610 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
7614 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7618 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7621 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7626 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
7627 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
7628 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
7629 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
7630 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
7633 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
7634 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
7637 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
7638 must reestablish each time */
7639 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
7644 /************************************************************************
7646 ************************************************************************/
7648 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7650 static char *error_msg
;
7652 /* Function installed as fatal_error_signal_hook in
7653 x_connection_closed. Print the X error message, and exit normally,
7654 instead of dumping core when XtCloseDisplay fails. */
7657 x_fatal_error_signal ()
7659 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7663 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7664 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7667 x_connection_closed (dpy
, error_message
)
7669 char *error_message
;
7671 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7672 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7675 error_msg
= (char *) alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7676 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7677 handling_signal
= 0;
7679 /* Prevent being called recursively because of an error condition
7680 below. Otherwise, we might end up with printing ``can't find per
7681 display information'' in the recursive call instead of printing
7682 the original message here. */
7683 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
7685 /* We have to close the display to inform Xt that it doesn't
7686 exist anymore. If we don't, Xt will continue to wait for
7687 events from the display. As a consequence, a sequence of
7689 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7690 ...kill the new frame, so that we get an IO error...
7691 M-x make-frame-on-display RET :1 RET
7693 will indefinitely wait in Xt for events for display `:1', opened
7694 in the first class to make-frame-on-display.
7696 Closing the display is reported to lead to a bus error on
7697 OpenWindows in certain situations. I suspect that is a bug
7698 in OpenWindows. I don't know how to cicumvent it here. */
7700 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7701 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display
7702 in the first place, so don't try to close it. */
7705 extern void (*fatal_error_signal_hook
) P_ ((void));
7706 fatal_error_signal_hook
= x_fatal_error_signal
;
7707 XtCloseDisplay (dpy
);
7708 fatal_error_signal_hook
= NULL
;
7714 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
7717 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7719 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7721 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7722 that are on the dead display. */
7723 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7725 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7727 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7728 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7729 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7730 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7731 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7732 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7735 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7736 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7737 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7738 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7739 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7740 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7742 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
7743 trying to find a replacement. */
7744 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
7745 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
7749 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
7751 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
7753 if (display_list
== 0)
7755 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7756 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
7760 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
7762 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
7764 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
7765 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
7767 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7768 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7772 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7773 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7774 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7777 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
7781 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7783 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7784 original error handler. */
7786 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7787 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7788 buf
, error
->request_code
);
7789 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7793 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7794 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7797 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
7801 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
7802 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
7804 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
7808 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7809 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7810 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7813 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
7818 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
7819 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7823 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7825 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
7826 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
7827 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
7828 The return value shows which font we chose. */
7831 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
7833 register char *fontname
;
7835 struct font_info
*fontp
7836 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
7841 FRAME_FONT (f
) = (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
7842 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = fontp
->baseline_offset
;
7843 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
7845 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7846 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f
));
7848 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7850 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7851 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7853 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7854 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7855 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7859 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7860 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7863 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
7864 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7866 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
7867 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7868 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
7869 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7870 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
7871 FRAME_FONT (f
)->fid
);
7873 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7874 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7875 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7876 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7877 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7880 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
7883 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
7884 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
7885 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
7886 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
7889 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
7893 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
7899 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f
) == fontset
)
7900 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
7902 return fontset_name (fontset
);
7904 result
= x_new_font (f
, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
))));
7906 if (!STRINGP (result
))
7907 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
7910 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
7911 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7915 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7916 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7919 return build_string (fontsetname
);
7923 /***********************************************************************
7925 ***********************************************************************/
7931 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7932 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7933 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7936 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
7938 XPointer client_data
;
7941 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7942 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7946 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7947 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7949 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7950 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7952 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7953 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
7955 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
7956 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
7961 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7962 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7963 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7967 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7970 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7971 extern char *XSetIMValues
P_ ((XIM
, ...));
7974 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7975 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7978 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
7979 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7980 char *resource_name
;
7987 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7994 XIMCallback destroy
;
7997 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7998 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8001 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8002 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8003 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8009 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8010 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8014 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8018 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8019 char *resource_name
;
8022 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8023 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8024 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8025 when the callback was registered. */
8028 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
8030 XPointer client_data
;
8033 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8034 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8036 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8040 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8042 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8043 as they have no XIC. */
8044 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8046 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8049 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8051 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8054 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8055 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8057 create_frame_xic (f
);
8058 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8059 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8060 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8062 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8063 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8072 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8075 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8076 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8077 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8078 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8081 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
8082 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8083 char *resource_name
;
8088 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8089 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
8092 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8093 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
8094 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8095 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8096 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8097 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8098 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8099 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
8100 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8101 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8102 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8103 least, hence the configure test. */
8104 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8105 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8106 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8107 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8108 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8112 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8113 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8117 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8120 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
8121 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8126 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8127 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8128 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8130 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8131 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8132 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8133 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8134 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8135 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8137 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8140 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8144 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8145 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8148 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
8152 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
8153 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8156 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8157 is already for the top-left corner. */
8158 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8161 this_window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8163 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
8164 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
8165 But do this only if we will need the results. */
8166 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8171 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8174 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8175 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8177 /* From-window, to-window. */
8179 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
8181 /* From-position, to-position. */
8182 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
8186 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
8188 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
8189 Window
*newchildren
;
8190 unsigned int nchildren
;
8192 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
8193 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
8196 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
8198 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
8204 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
8208 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8209 position that fits on the screen. */
8210 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8211 f
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
8212 - 2 * f
->border_width
- win_x
8213 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8217 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8219 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8220 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8221 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8223 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8224 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8225 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8226 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8229 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8230 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8232 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8235 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8236 f
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
8237 - 2 * f
->border_width
8243 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8244 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8245 so the flags should correspond. */
8246 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8249 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8250 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8251 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8252 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8253 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8256 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
8258 register int xoff
, yoff
;
8261 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8263 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8267 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8269 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8271 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8272 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8274 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8277 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8279 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8280 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8282 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
8283 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
8284 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
8285 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
8286 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
8288 modified_left
+= f
->border_width
;
8289 modified_top
+= f
->border_width
;
8293 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8295 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8296 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8297 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8298 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8299 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8302 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8303 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8305 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8306 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8308 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 1;
8309 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8310 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8316 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8317 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8319 x_check_fullscreen (f
)
8322 if (f
->want_fullscreen
& FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8324 int width
, height
, ign
;
8326 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8328 x_fullscreen_adjust (f
, &width
, &height
, &ign
, &ign
);
8330 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
8331 when setting WM manager hints.
8332 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
8333 x_check_expected_move. */
8334 if (FRAME_COLS (f
) != width
|| FRAME_LINES (f
) != height
)
8336 change_frame_size (f
, height
, width
, 0, 1, 0);
8337 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8338 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8340 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
8341 f
->want_fullscreen
|= FULLSCREEN_WAIT
;
8346 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
8348 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
8349 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
8350 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
8351 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
8353 x_check_expected_move (f
)
8356 if (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
)
8358 int expect_top
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_top
;
8359 int expect_left
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->expected_left
;
8361 if (expect_top
!= f
->top_pos
|| expect_left
!= f
->left_pos
)
8363 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8364 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expect_left
- f
->left_pos
;
8365 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expect_top
- f
->top_pos
;
8367 x_set_offset (f
, expect_left
, expect_top
, 1);
8369 else if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
)
8370 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8372 /* Just do this once */
8373 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->check_expected_move
= 0;
8378 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8379 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8380 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8381 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8384 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8389 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8391 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8392 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8393 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8395 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0
8396 ? FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
)
8397 : (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
)));
8399 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8401 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
8402 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
8404 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8405 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8407 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8408 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8409 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8411 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8412 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8413 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8414 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8416 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8417 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8418 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8419 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8420 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8422 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8424 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8425 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8426 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8428 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8429 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8430 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8431 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8432 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8434 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8438 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8439 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8440 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8441 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8444 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
8452 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8453 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8455 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8458 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
!= NULL
)
8460 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
8461 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
8462 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
8463 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
8464 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
8465 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
8466 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
8467 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
8468 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
8471 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8473 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8475 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8477 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8479 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8480 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8482 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8483 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8484 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8485 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8486 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8491 /* Mouse warping. */
8494 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
8500 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8501 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8503 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8504 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8506 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8507 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8511 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8512 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8516 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8519 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
8525 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8526 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8530 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
8533 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
8536 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
8540 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
8541 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
8542 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
8543 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8544 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8553 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
8554 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
8555 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
8556 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
8560 /* Raise frame F. */
8566 if (f
->async_visible
)
8569 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8570 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8575 /* Lower frame F. */
8581 if (f
->async_visible
)
8584 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8585 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8591 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
8601 /* Change of visibility. */
8603 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8604 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8605 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8606 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8607 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8608 finishes with it. */
8611 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
8615 int original_top
, original_left
;
8616 int retry_count
= 2;
8622 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8624 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8626 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8628 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8629 call x_set_offset a second time
8630 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8631 before the window gets really visible. */
8632 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8633 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8634 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8636 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8638 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8639 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8640 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8641 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8642 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8643 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8645 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8646 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8648 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8649 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8650 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8651 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
8652 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
8653 to come back ok without this. */
8654 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8655 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8659 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8661 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8662 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8663 so that incoming events are handled. */
8667 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8668 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8669 will set it when they are handled. */
8670 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8672 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8673 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8675 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8678 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8680 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8681 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8682 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8683 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8685 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8686 because the window manager may choose the position
8687 and we don't want to override it. */
8689 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8690 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8691 && previously_visible
)
8695 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8699 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8700 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8701 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8702 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8703 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8704 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8705 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8706 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8707 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8709 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8710 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8711 original_left
, original_top
);
8716 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8718 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
8719 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
8720 MapNotify at all.. */
8721 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
8722 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
8724 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8727 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8728 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8729 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8730 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
8731 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
8733 if (input_polling_used ())
8735 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
8736 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
8737 handler reset it. */
8738 extern void poll_for_input_1
P_ ((void));
8739 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
8740 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
8741 poll_for_input_1 ();
8742 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
8745 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
8746 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8751 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
8755 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
8756 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
8757 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
8758 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
8760 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
> 0)
8765 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
8767 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
8770 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
8775 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
8776 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
8778 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8779 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8780 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8782 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
8783 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
8789 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
8790 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
8791 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
8792 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
8793 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
8794 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
8797 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8798 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8804 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
8805 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
8807 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8808 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
8810 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8812 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
8813 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8817 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
8818 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
8819 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8820 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
8821 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8822 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8824 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
8827 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8828 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
8832 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
8833 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
8834 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
8837 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
8838 just by the event that we get from the server.
8839 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
8840 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
8841 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
8843 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
8844 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8845 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8852 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
8861 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
8862 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
8863 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
8865 if (f
->async_iconified
)
8870 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
8872 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
8874 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
8877 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
8879 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8880 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8882 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8885 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8886 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8892 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8894 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8896 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8897 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8898 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8899 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8900 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
8901 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
8902 so we have to record it here. */
8905 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8906 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8911 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8912 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
8913 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
8917 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8919 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8920 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8924 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8926 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8928 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
8929 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
8930 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
8931 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8933 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
8934 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
8936 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
8937 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
8941 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8942 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8943 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
8944 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8945 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
8947 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8948 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
8950 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
8953 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
8954 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
8958 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
8960 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
8962 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8964 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
8965 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8968 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
8969 f
->async_visible
= 0;
8971 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8973 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8977 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
8980 x_free_frame_resources (f
)
8983 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8985 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
8989 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
8990 commands to the X server. */
8991 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8993 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
8994 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
8996 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8997 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
8998 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
8999 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9000 toolkit scroll bars. */
9001 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9003 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9004 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9013 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9014 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9016 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9017 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9019 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9020 we are using a toolkit. */
9021 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9022 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9024 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9025 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9028 /* In the GTK version, tooltips are normal X
9029 frames. We must check and free both types. */
9030 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9032 gtk_widget_destroy (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9033 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) = 0; /* Set to avoid XDestroyWindow below */
9034 FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
) = 0;
9036 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9038 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9039 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9040 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9042 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
9043 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
9044 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9045 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9046 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9047 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9049 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9050 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9051 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9052 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9053 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9054 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9055 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9056 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9057 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9058 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9059 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9060 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9061 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9062 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9063 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9065 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9066 free_frame_faces (f
);
9069 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9072 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
9073 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9075 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9076 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9078 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9079 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9080 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9081 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9082 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9083 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9085 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9087 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9088 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9089 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9090 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9091 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9092 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9093 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9100 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9103 x_destroy_window (f
)
9106 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9108 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9109 commands to the X server. */
9110 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9111 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9113 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9117 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9119 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9120 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9121 that the window now has.
9122 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
9123 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9124 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c */
9128 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
9133 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9135 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9138 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
9141 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9143 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9144 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9146 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9147 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9149 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9150 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
9151 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
9152 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
9153 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
9154 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
9155 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9156 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9157 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9158 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9160 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9161 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9162 size_hints
.max_width
9163 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9164 size_hints
.max_height
9165 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9167 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
9169 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
9170 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
9171 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9173 int base_width
, base_height
;
9174 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9176 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9177 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9179 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9181 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9182 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9183 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9184 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9185 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9187 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9188 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9189 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9192 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9193 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9194 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
9195 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9196 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9198 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
9199 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
9203 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9206 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9209 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9212 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9213 long supplied_return
;
9217 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9220 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
9223 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9224 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
9225 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
9226 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
9227 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
9231 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9236 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9237 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9238 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9239 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9240 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9241 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9242 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9243 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9247 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9252 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9253 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9257 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9258 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9260 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9263 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9265 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9268 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9270 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9273 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
9277 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9280 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9281 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9282 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9283 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9285 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9286 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9288 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9289 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9293 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
9297 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9299 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9300 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9305 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9306 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9307 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9308 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9312 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
9313 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
9314 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
9315 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
9316 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
9317 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
9318 best to explicitly give up. */
9320 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
9321 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= None
;
9327 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9331 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9332 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9333 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9334 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9337 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9339 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9340 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9342 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9346 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
9350 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9352 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9353 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9354 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9356 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9360 /***********************************************************************
9362 ***********************************************************************/
9364 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
9367 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
9371 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
9375 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame F.
9377 If SIZE is > 0, it is the size (maximum bounds width) of fonts
9380 SIZE < 0 means include scalable fonts.
9382 Frame F null means we have not yet created any frame on X, and
9383 consult the first display in x_display_list. MAXNAMES sets a limit
9384 on how many fonts to match. */
9387 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
9389 Lisp_Object pattern
;
9393 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
9394 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
9395 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
9396 = f
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) : x_display_list
;
9397 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9398 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9400 int allow_auto_scaled_font
= 0;
9404 allow_auto_scaled_font
= 1;
9408 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
9409 if (NILP (patterns
))
9410 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
9412 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
9413 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
9414 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
9416 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
9419 char **names
= NULL
;
9421 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
9422 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
9423 The cache is an alist of the form:
9424 ((((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) . SCALABLE) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...) */
9425 tem
= XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
);
9426 key
= Fcons (Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
9427 allow_auto_scaled_font
? Qt
: Qnil
);
9428 list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
);
9431 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
9432 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
9436 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
9439 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9441 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9444 unsigned long value
;
9446 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
));
9447 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9449 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9450 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9452 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9456 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9458 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
9459 int len
= strlen (name
);
9462 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
9463 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
9464 string. We must avoid such a name. */
9466 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9470 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
9471 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
9473 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
9474 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
9479 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
9482 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
9485 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9487 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
9488 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
9495 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), limit
, &num_fonts
);
9496 if (num_fonts
== limit
)
9499 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9508 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, SDATA (pattern
), max (maxnames
, 10),
9511 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9513 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9514 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9516 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9520 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9527 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
9528 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
9529 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
9533 int average_width
= -1, resx
= 0, dashes
= 0;
9535 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
9536 14 dashes, the field value following 9th dash
9537 (RESOLUTION_X) is nonzero, and the field value
9538 following 12th dash (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a
9539 auto-scaled font which is usually too ugly to be used
9540 for editing. Let's ignore it. */
9545 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
9547 else if (dashes
== 9)
9549 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
9550 average_width
= atoi (p
);
9553 if (allow_auto_scaled_font
9554 || dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0 || resx
== 0)
9556 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
9557 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
9559 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
9560 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
9561 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
9563 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
9564 width of this font. */
9565 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
9567 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
9568 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
9573 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
9576 XFreeFontNames (names
);
9581 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
9582 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9583 Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
), XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9586 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
9588 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
9589 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
9590 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
9596 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
9600 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9604 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
9606 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
9607 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
9608 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
9611 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9612 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
9613 SDATA (XCAR (tem
)));
9614 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9616 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9617 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9619 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
9621 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
9627 (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
9629 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
)));
9631 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
9635 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
9636 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
9637 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
9638 XSETCDR (tem
, make_number (0));
9641 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
9642 if (found_size
== size
)
9643 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
9644 else if (found_size
> 0)
9646 if (NILP (second_best
))
9648 else if (found_size
< size
)
9650 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9651 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
9656 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
9657 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
9662 if (!NILP (newlist
))
9664 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
9666 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
9677 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9681 x_check_font (f
, font
)
9686 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9688 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
9690 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9691 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9692 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
9695 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
9698 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
9700 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
9701 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
9702 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
9703 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
9704 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
9707 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
9711 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9712 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
9714 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
9715 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
9716 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
9718 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9722 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
9723 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
9724 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
9725 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
9726 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
9729 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
9733 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9735 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
9736 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
9738 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
9739 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
9741 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9742 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
9744 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9747 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
9748 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
9749 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
9751 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
9752 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
9755 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
9756 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
9758 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
9759 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
9760 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
9764 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
9765 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
9766 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
9767 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
9770 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
9772 register char *fontname
;
9775 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9776 Lisp_Object font_names
;
9779 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
9780 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
9781 we already have by comparing names. */
9782 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
9784 if (!NILP (font_names
))
9789 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9790 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
9791 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9792 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
9793 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))
9794 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
9795 SDATA (XCAR (tail
)))))
9796 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9799 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
9803 struct font_info
*fontp
;
9804 unsigned long value
;
9807 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
9808 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
9809 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
9810 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
9811 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
9812 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
9813 fontname
= (char *) SDATA (XCAR (font_names
));
9816 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9817 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
9818 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9820 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
9821 server. Let's just ignore it. */
9823 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9825 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
9830 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
9831 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
9832 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
9835 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
9836 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
9837 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
9840 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
9841 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
9843 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
9846 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
9847 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
9850 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
9852 bzero (fontp
, sizeof (*fontp
));
9854 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
9855 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9856 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
9858 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
9860 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
9862 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
9866 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
9867 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
9869 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
9880 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
9881 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
9888 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
9890 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
9892 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
9893 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9895 if (NILP (font_names
))
9897 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
9898 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
9899 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
9900 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
9901 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
9902 Lisp_Object key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
9905 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9907 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9908 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9910 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9913 key
= Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
9915 XSETCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
,
9917 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
9918 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
9920 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)));
9924 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
9925 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
9926 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
9927 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
9928 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
9929 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
9930 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
9931 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
9933 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
9935 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9936 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9937 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
9938 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
9939 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
9941 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
9942 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
9943 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9944 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9945 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
9946 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
9947 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
9948 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
9949 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9950 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
9951 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
9952 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
9953 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
9955 fontp
->baseline_offset
9956 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
9957 ? (long) value
: 0);
9958 fontp
->relative_compose
9959 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
9960 ? (long) value
: 0);
9961 fontp
->default_ascent
9962 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
9963 ? (long) value
: 0);
9965 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
9966 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
9967 before, or if the font loaded has a smaller height than any
9968 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
9969 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
9970 fonts_changed_p
|= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
9977 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
9978 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
9981 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
9983 register char *fontname
;
9985 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9988 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
9989 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
9990 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
9991 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
9992 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
9997 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
9998 `encoder' of the structure. */
10001 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
10002 struct font_info
*fontp
;
10004 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
10007 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
10011 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
10012 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
10014 || (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->full_name
)
10021 struct ccl_program
*ccl
10022 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
10024 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
10027 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
10033 /***********************************************************************
10035 ***********************************************************************/
10037 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10038 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
10039 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10040 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
10042 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
10043 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10044 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
10046 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10047 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10048 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10049 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10050 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10051 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
10052 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
10054 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10056 static int x_initialized
;
10058 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10059 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
10060 the screen number from the server number. */
10062 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
10063 const char *name1
, *name2
;
10065 int seen_colon
= 0;
10066 const unsigned char *system_name
= SDATA (Vsystem_name
);
10067 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
10068 int length_until_period
= 0;
10070 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
10071 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
10072 length_until_period
++;
10074 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
10075 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
10077 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
10079 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
10080 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10081 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10082 name1
+= system_name_length
;
10083 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
10084 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
10085 name2
+= system_name_length
;
10086 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
10087 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10088 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10089 name1
+= length_until_period
;
10090 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
10091 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
10092 name2
+= length_until_period
;
10094 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
10098 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
10102 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
10103 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
10107 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
10108 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
10111 get_bits_and_offset (mask
, bits
, offset
)
10112 unsigned long mask
;
10119 while (!(mask
& 1))
10135 struct x_display_info
*
10136 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
10137 Lisp_Object display_name
;
10139 char *resource_name
;
10143 struct display
*display
;
10144 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10149 if (!x_initialized
)
10157 #define NUM_ARGV 10
10159 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
10160 char **argv2
= argv
;
10163 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
10165 /* Opening another display. If xg_display_open returns less
10166 than zero, we are probably on GTK 2.0, which can only handle
10167 one display. GTK 2.2 or later can handle more than one. */
10168 if (xg_display_open (SDATA (display_name
), &dpy
) < 0)
10169 error ("Sorry, this version of GTK can only handle one display");
10173 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
10177 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
10179 if (! NILP (display_name
))
10181 argv
[argc
++] = "--display";
10182 argv
[argc
++] = SDATA (display_name
);
10185 argv
[argc
++] = "--name";
10186 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
10189 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10192 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
10194 /* gtk_init does set_locale. We must fix locale after calling it. */
10198 dpy
= GDK_DISPLAY ();
10200 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function */
10201 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
10203 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
10205 struct gcpro gcpro1
, gcpro2
;
10206 char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
10207 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
10209 GCPRO2 (s
, abs_file
);
10210 s
= make_string (file
, strlen (file
));
10211 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
10213 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
10214 gtk_rc_parse (SDATA (abs_file
));
10219 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10220 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10223 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10224 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10225 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10227 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10228 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10229 So let's not use it until R6. */
10230 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10231 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10242 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10243 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10245 turn_on_atimers (0);
10246 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SDATA (display_name
),
10247 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10248 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10250 turn_on_atimers (1);
10252 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10253 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10258 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10260 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10262 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SDATA (display_name
));
10263 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10264 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10266 /* Detect failure. */
10273 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10275 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
10276 bzero (dpyinfo
, sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10278 display
= x_create_frame_display (dpyinfo
);
10280 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10282 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10285 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10286 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10287 if (same_x_server (SDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10288 SDATA (display_name
)))
10291 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
10294 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
10295 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10296 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10298 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10300 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
10301 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10302 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
10306 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10307 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10308 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10309 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10310 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10311 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10312 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
10314 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10318 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10319 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10320 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10322 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10323 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10324 x_display_name_list
);
10325 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10327 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10330 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10334 = (char *) xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10335 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
)
10337 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
10338 SDATA (Vinvocation_name
), SDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10340 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10341 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10343 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10345 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10346 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10347 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10349 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10350 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10352 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10353 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10354 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10355 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10357 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10359 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10361 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10363 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10364 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10365 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10366 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10367 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10368 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10369 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10370 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10371 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10372 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10373 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10374 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
10375 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10376 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
10377 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10378 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10379 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10380 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10381 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10382 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10383 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10384 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10385 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10386 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10387 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10388 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10389 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10390 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10391 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10392 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10393 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10394 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
10395 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10397 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10398 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10399 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10401 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10403 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10404 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10405 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10406 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10407 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10408 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10411 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10412 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10414 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10417 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10418 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10419 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10421 if (STRINGP (value
)
10422 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10423 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10424 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10428 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10429 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10432 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10433 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10434 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10435 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10436 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10437 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10438 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10441 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
10442 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
10443 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
10444 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
10445 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
10446 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
10447 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
10448 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
10449 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
10450 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
10451 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
10452 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
10453 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
10454 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
10455 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
10456 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", False
);
10457 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
10458 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
10459 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
10460 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
10461 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
10462 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
10463 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
10464 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
10465 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
10466 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
10467 dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
10468 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "UTF8_STRING", False
);
10469 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
10470 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
10471 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
10472 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
10473 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
10474 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
10475 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
10476 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
10477 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
10478 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
10479 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
10480 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
10481 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
10482 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
10483 /* For properties of font. */
10484 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
10485 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
10486 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
10487 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
10488 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
10489 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
10490 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
10491 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
10493 /* Ghostscript support. */
10494 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
10495 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
10497 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
10500 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
10502 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10503 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10508 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
10510 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
10511 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10512 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
10517 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
10518 extern char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
10520 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10522 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
10523 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
10527 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10530 #ifdef subprocesses
10531 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10532 if (connection
!= 0)
10533 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10536 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
10538 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
10539 /* stdin is a socket here */
10540 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
10541 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10542 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10543 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
10544 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10545 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
10548 if (interrupt_input
)
10549 init_sigio (connection
);
10550 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
10553 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
10554 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
10555 so that Xt does not crash. */
10557 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10558 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10562 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10563 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10564 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10565 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10566 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10567 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10568 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10569 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10571 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10572 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10573 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
10578 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10579 for debugging X code. */
10582 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10583 build_string ("synchronous"),
10584 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10586 if (STRINGP (value
)
10587 && (!strcmp (SDATA (value
), "true")
10588 || !strcmp (SDATA (value
), "on")))
10589 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10594 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10595 build_string ("useXIM"),
10596 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10599 if (STRINGP (value
)
10600 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "false")
10601 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "off")))
10604 if (STRINGP (value
)
10605 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
10606 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
10612 /* Only do this for the first display. */
10613 if (x_initialized
== 1)
10614 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10622 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
10623 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10626 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
10627 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10632 /* Delete the generic struct display for this X display. */
10634 for (d
= display_list
; d
; d
= d
->next_display
)
10635 if (d
->type
== output_x_window
&& d
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10637 delete_display (d
);
10642 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10644 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10645 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10646 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10647 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10648 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10653 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10654 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10656 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10658 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10661 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10665 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10666 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10668 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10669 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10672 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10674 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10675 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10676 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10679 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
10680 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
10681 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10684 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
10685 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
10686 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
10690 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10693 /* Free the font names in the font table. */
10694 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
10695 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
10697 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
!= dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
)
10698 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
);
10699 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
);
10702 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
)
10703 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
->font_encoder
);
10705 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
10706 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10707 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10711 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10713 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10714 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10715 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10716 that slows us down. */
10719 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
10720 struct atimer
*timer
;
10722 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10725 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10726 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10731 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10734 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10736 extern frame_parm_handler x_frame_parm_handlers
[];
10738 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10740 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10744 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10746 x_after_update_window_line
,
10747 x_update_window_begin
,
10748 x_update_window_end
,
10754 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10756 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10757 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10758 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10759 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10760 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10761 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10764 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10765 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10766 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10767 x_clear_frame_area
,
10768 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10769 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10770 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10774 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10776 x_delete_frame_display (struct display
*display
)
10778 /* We don't do anything, the connection to the X server must remain
10784 x_create_frame_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10786 struct display
*display
;
10788 display
= create_display ();
10790 display
->type
= output_x_window
;
10791 display
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10792 dpyinfo
->frame_display
= display
;
10794 display
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10795 display
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10796 display
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10797 display
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10798 display
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10799 display
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10800 display
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10801 display
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10802 display
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10803 display
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10804 display
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10805 display
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10806 display
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10807 display
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10808 display
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10809 display
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10810 display
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10811 display
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10813 display
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10814 display
->delete_display_hook
= x_delete_frame_display
;
10816 display
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10817 display
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10818 display
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10819 display
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10820 display
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10821 display
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10833 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10834 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10837 current_count
= -1;
10840 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10841 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
10843 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10844 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10846 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10848 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10849 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10850 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10851 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10852 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10853 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10854 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10856 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10858 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10859 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
10860 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
10861 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
10862 widgets don't behave normally. */
10864 EMACS_TIME interval
;
10865 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
10866 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10870 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10872 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10873 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10877 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10878 original error handler. */
10879 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10880 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10882 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
10884 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
10885 #endif /* SIGWINCH */
10887 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
10894 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
10895 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
10897 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10898 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10900 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10901 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10903 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
10904 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
10906 staticpro (&Qutf_8
);
10907 Qutf_8
= intern ("utf-8");
10908 staticpro (&Qlatin_1
);
10909 Qlatin_1
= intern ("latin-1");
10911 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10912 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10914 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10915 &x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10916 doc
: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10917 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10918 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10919 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
10920 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10922 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10923 doc
: /* What X toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses.
10924 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use X toolkit scroll bars.
10925 Otherwise, value is a symbol describing the X toolkit. */);
10926 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10928 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("motif");
10929 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10930 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw3d");
10932 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("gtk");
10934 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern ("xaw");
10937 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10940 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10941 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10943 Qmodifier_value
= intern ("modifier-value");
10944 Qalt
= intern ("alt");
10945 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10946 Qhyper
= intern ("hyper");
10947 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10948 Qmeta
= intern ("meta");
10949 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10950 Qsuper
= intern ("super");
10951 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10953 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", &Vx_alt_keysym
,
10954 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10955 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10956 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10957 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10958 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10960 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", &Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10961 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10962 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10963 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10964 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10965 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10967 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", &Vx_meta_keysym
,
10968 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10969 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10970 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10971 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10972 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10974 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", &Vx_super_keysym
,
10975 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10976 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10977 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10978 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10979 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10981 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", &Vx_keysym_table
,
10982 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10983 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (Qeql
, make_number (900),
10984 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10985 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10989 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */
10991 /* arch-tag: 6d4e4cb7-abc1-4302-9585-d84dcfb09d0f
10992 (do not change this comment) */